diff --git a/config/README.md b/config/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7101025a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Where have all the configurations gone?
+
+## https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations
diff --git a/config/default/Configuration.h b/config/default/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ee82fbf9f..000000000
--- a/config/default/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2226 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 200
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4685198fc..000000000
--- a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d322f893..000000000
--- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2258 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "AJMartel" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-#define WEBSITE_URL "http://3DFabXYZ.com"
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_BASE_14
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3DFabXYZ i3"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Electron
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 29.12
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.22
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 65.83
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.9738621, 80.2429911, 399.7264854 , 99.4696994 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 225, 225, 3, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1590, 1590, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.016 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 21, 61, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 3 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 219
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 280
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y 4
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 255
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_3_LABEL "HIPS"
-#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND 220 //HIPS
-#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_3_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_4_LABEL "PP"
-#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND 254 //PP
-#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_4_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_5_LABEL "PET"
-#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //PET
-#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_BED 90
-#define PREHEAT_5_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_6_LABEL "FLEX"
-#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_HOTEND 230 //FLEX
-#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_BED 50
-#define PREHEAT_6_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_7_LABEL "NYLON"
-#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //NYLON
-#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_BED 80
-#define PREHEAT_7_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 51
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 52
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fa78b0b04..000000000
--- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2942 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 7 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 127 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 11 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- #define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 12
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- #define CHDK_PIN 12
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- #define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Tools"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Probe Mesh&Save"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 P1\nG29 P3 T0\nG29 S0 A F10\nG29 J2\nM500"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Manual Mesh&Save"
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "G28\nG29 P4 R999 T\nG29 S0 A F10\nM500"
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Print Test Pattern"
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "G26 C P O2.25" //Do a typical test sequence
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Move Bed Forward"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "G28 X0 Y0\nG1 X0 Y180 F3000\nM84" //move X/Y to min endstops & Feed the bed forward & steppers off
-
- /*
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
- */
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 708b3fe63..000000000
--- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-Personalized config files for the "Electron" "Tevo 3D" i3 6th gen
-
-- https://www.3dprintersbay.com/electron3d-reprap-prusa-i3-kit
-- https://reprap.org/wiki/Migbot_Prusa_i3
diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 746c44207..000000000
--- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ETE-Design, Gantry v1)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ADIMLab Gantry v1"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 1
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 1
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1300
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.4, 80.4, 400, 94 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 50, 2000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.16 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 325
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 325
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 415
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 55
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1aefeb219..000000000
--- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 360 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 28 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ebb0ad9a8..000000000
--- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter
- * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 88
-
-const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100011,B10000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11111111,B11100001,B10000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11100011,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111110,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B11001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11100100,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B01111000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B10000111,B10011111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
- B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
- B00000111,B10000001,B11000011,B11100011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
- B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B00111100,B00111011,B00000000,
- B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000,
- B00011101,B11000001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011111,B10011111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B10000000,
- B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11011011,B10001110,B00000000,B01101111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B00111111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000000,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B01111000,B01110001,B11000001,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000001,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B01110000,B01111001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111111,B11101111,B00111111,B10000000,
- B01110000,B00111001,B11111111,B10000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111110,B11110111,B00111111,B10000000,
- B11110000,B01111101,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000011,B11011111,B11111100,B01100111,B00100111,B00000000
-};
diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a9d68307..000000000
--- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ETE-Design, Gantry v2)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ADIMLab Gantry v2"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 100 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 310
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 310
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS -5
-#define Y_MIN_POS -10
-#define Z_MIN_POS -3
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 410
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e1ad356e2..000000000
--- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ebb0ad9a8..000000000
--- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter
- * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 88
-
-const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100011,B10000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11111111,B11100001,B10000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11100011,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111110,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B11001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11100100,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B01111000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B10000111,B10011111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
- B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
- B00000111,B10000001,B11000011,B11100011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
- B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B00111100,B00111011,B00000000,
- B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000,
- B00011101,B11000001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011111,B10011111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B10000000,
- B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11011011,B10001110,B00000000,B01101111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B00111111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000000,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B01111000,B01110001,B11000001,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000001,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000,
- B01110000,B01111001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111111,B11101111,B00111111,B10000000,
- B01110000,B00111001,B11111111,B10000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111110,B11110111,B00111111,B10000000,
- B11110000,B01111101,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000011,B11011111,B11111100,B01100111,B00100111,B00000000
-};
diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ea42c787..000000000
--- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2246 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Aleph Objects Inc, TAZ)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMBO
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TAZ"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 7
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 70 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX 74 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 16 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
- // Buda 2.0 on 24V
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 6
- #define DEFAULT_Ki .3
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 125
-
- // Buda 2.0 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.01
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 206 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //24V 360W silicone heater from NPH on 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 2.2+)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 20
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 5
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 275
-
- //12v 400W silicone heater from QUDB into 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 1.0+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 650
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 60
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1800
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100.5, 100.5, 400, 850 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 800, 800, 8, 50 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.051 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR true
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 298
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 275
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 250
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 77ed86149..000000000
--- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 130 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 4
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 4, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 10ff1d148..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2328 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Alfawise Printer ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// Forum link to help with a tutorial, in French! :
-// https://www.lesimprimantes3d.fr/forum/topic/18260-alfawise-u20x-u30-marlin-2x-firmware-alternatif/
-//
-// 1 - Select your Alfawise U30 or U20 or U20+ printer (NO MORE REQUIRED HERE)
-// and the touchscreen version, either 1.1 or 1.2. Most recent in France are v1.2 (blue pcb)
-// These defines are set in platformio.ini build parameters, sample for U20 -DU20 -DTS_V12
-// U20_PLUS was not tested, as we do not have a printer to test. Print bed PID settings MUST be tuned for it.
-
-// Valid platformio.ini submodel values are U20_PLUS U20 U30 LK1 LK2 LK4
-
-// Valid platformio.ini touchscreens are TS_V11 TS_V12 TS_V19
-
-// 2 - Select the screen controller type. Most common is ILI9341 - First option. If your screen remains white,
-// Try the alternate setting - this should enable ST7789V or ILI9328. For other LCDs... code is needed
-// with the proper boot sequence to be developped.
-
-#define LCD_READ_ID 0xD3 // Read display identification information in reg ID4 0xD3, for ILI9341 screens
-//#define LCD_READ_ID 0x04 // Read display identification information in reg ID1 0x04 - ST7789V / ILI9328 or others
-
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Hobi, tpruvot" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 1
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 2
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LONGER3D_LK
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-#ifdef U20
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20"
-#elif defined(U30)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U30"
-#elif defined(U20_PLUS)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20+"
-#elif defined(LK1)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK1"
-#elif defined(LK2)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK2"
-#elif defined(LK4)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK4"
-#endif
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-#define PSU_NAME "360W 24V/15A"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Alfawise U30/U20
- // Please refine the PID settings for your own machine to avoid the E1 hotend error. These a basic settings allowing first startups.
- // Use the command M303 E0 S200 C8 each time you make any changes to your extruder
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.22
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.00
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.22
-
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
-#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4)
- //From M303 command for Alfawise U30 :
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 338.46
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.96
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 447.78
-#endif
-
-#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1)
- //From M303 command for Alfawise U20 :
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25
-#endif
-
-#ifdef U20_PLUS
- // These PID setting MUST be updated.
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25
-#endif
-
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 100, 25 }
-
-#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 250, 250, 200, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 200, 200, 100, 3000 }
-
-#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 400, 6000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
-
- #define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #undef PROBE_MANUALLY
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -35, -6, -0.5 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4)
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 250
-#endif
-
-#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1)
-#define X_BED_SIZE 300
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 300
-#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 400
-#endif
-
-#ifdef U20_PLUS
-#define X_BED_SIZE 400
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 400
-#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 500
-#endif
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS Z_MACHINE_MAX
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- * If false, use M420 S1 after G28 in your slicer print start gcode
- */
-#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 false
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 5 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 4
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-#define SDIO_SUPPORT // Note from Hobi : Added as was not present in the file...
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 250
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION // Include user calibration widget in menus (Alfawise)
-
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #if ENABLED(TS_V11)
- // Alfawise U20 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.1 / Green PCB on the back of touchscreen
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -24
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -17
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(TS_V12)
- // Alfawise U30 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.2 / Blue PCB on the back of touchscreen
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -9000
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(TS_V19)
- // Longer LK4/U30 2.8" Ver 2019 / Blue PCB, SID240x320-8PCB-D
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -12000
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 320
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5151a8f2c..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2933 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
- #undef PROBE_MANUALLY
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- #define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- #define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html
- #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE
- #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK
- #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black
- #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED
- #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE
- #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- #define MESH_MIN_X _MAX(MESH_INSET, MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
- #define MESH_MIN_Y _MAX(MESH_INSET, MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
- #define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - 35 // NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET
- #define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - _MAX(MESH_INSET, MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 8
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 519c0d06f..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Custom Status Screen bitmap
- *
- * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
- * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
- *
- * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
- * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-
-#pragma once
-
-//
-// Status Screen Logo bitmap
-//
-#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 0
-#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 38
-
-static unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000111,B11111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B11111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B01111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,
- B11111111,B10000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001100,
- B11111111,B10000000,B11110000,B11100000,B00001100,
- B11111111,B00000000,B11110000,B11111000,B00001100,
- B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B11111100,B00000100,
- B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B11010010,B00000100,
- B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B10101110,B00000100,
- B11111100,B00000000,B11110000,B10101111,B00000100,
- B11111100,B00000000,B00110000,B10000011,B00000100,
- B11111000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111111,B00000100,
- B11111000,B00000000,B00010000,B11111111,B00000100,
- B11111111,B11100000,B00010000,B10111111,B00000100,
- B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101111,B00000100,
- B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101110,B00000100,
- B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10000010,B00000100,
- B10000011,B11110000,B00010000,B11111100,B00000100,
- B10000001,B11110000,B00010000,B11111000,B00001100,
- B10000001,B11100000,B00010000,B11100000,B00001100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00001100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100,
- B11000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100,
- B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B01111100,
- B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B11111100,
- B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11111100
-};
-
-//
-// Use default bitmaps
-//
-#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
-#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
-#define STATUS_LOGO_X 0
-#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 50
-#define STATUS_BED_X 74
diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cf218cde1..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2326 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Alfawise Printer ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// Forum link to help with a tutorial, in French! :
-// https://www.lesimprimantes3d.fr/forum/topic/18260-alfawise-u20x-u30-marlin-2x-firmware-alternatif/
-//
-// 1 - Select your Alfawise U30 or U20 or U20+ printer (NO MORE REQUIRED HERE)
-// and the touchscreen version, either 1.1 or 1.2. Most recent in France are v1.2 (blue pcb)
-// These defines are set in platformio.ini build parameters, sample for U20 -DU20 -DTS_V12
-// U20_PLUS was not tested, as we do not have a printer to test. Print bed PID settings MUST be tuned for it.
-
-// Valid platformio.ini submodel values are U20_PLUS U20 U30 LK1 LK2 LK4
-
-// Valid platformio.ini touchscreens are TS_V11 TS_V12 TS_V19
-
-// 2 - Select the screen controller type. Most common is ILI9341 - First option. If your screen remains white,
-// Try the alternate setting - this should enable ST7789V or ILI9328. For other LCDs... code is needed
-// with the proper boot sequence to be developped.
-
-#define LCD_READ_ID 0xD3 // Read display identification information in reg ID4 0xD3, for ILI9341 screens
-//#define LCD_READ_ID 0x04 // Read display identification information in reg ID1 0x04 - ST7789V / ILI9328 or others
-
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Hobi, tpruvot" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 1
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 2
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LONGER3D_LK
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-#ifdef U20
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20"
-#elif defined(U30)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U30"
-#elif defined(U20_PLUS)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20+"
-#elif defined(LK1)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK1"
-#elif defined(LK2)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK2"
-#elif defined(LK4)
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK4"
-#endif
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-#define PSU_NAME "360W 24V/15A"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Alfawise U30/U20
- // Please refine the PID settings for your own machine to avoid the E1 hotend error. These a basic settings allowing first startups.
- // Use the command M303 E0 S200 C8 each time you make any changes to your extruder
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.22
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.00
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.22
-
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
-#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4)
- //From M303 command for Alfawise U30 :
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 338.46
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.96
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 447.78
-#endif
-
-#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1)
- //From M303 command for Alfawise U20 :
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25
-#endif
-
-#ifdef U20_PLUS
- // These PID setting MUST be updated.
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25
-#endif
-
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 100, 25 }
-
-#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 250, 250, 200, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 200, 200, 100, 3000 }
-
-#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 400, 6000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
-
- #define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #undef PROBE_MANUALLY
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4)
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 250
-#endif
-
-#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1)
-#define X_BED_SIZE 300
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 300
-#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 400
-#endif
-
-#ifdef U20_PLUS
-#define X_BED_SIZE 400
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 400
-#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 500
-#endif
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS Z_MACHINE_MAX
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 4 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-#define SDIO_SUPPORT // Note from Hobi : Added as was not present in the file...
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 250
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION // Include user calibration widget in menus (Alfawise)
-
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 75 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #if ENABLED(TS_V11)
- // Alfawise U20 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.1 / Green PCB on the back of touchscreen
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -24
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -17
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(TS_V12)
- // Alfawise U30 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.2 / Blue PCB on the back of touchscreen
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -9000
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(TS_V19)
- // Longer LK4/U30 2.8" Ver 2019 / Blue PCB, SID240x320-8PCB-D
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -12000
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 320
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d6d639844..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2932 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- #define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html
- #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE
- #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK
- #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black
- #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED
- #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE
- #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 8
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 519c0d06f..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Custom Status Screen bitmap
- *
- * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
- * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
- *
- * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
- * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-
-#pragma once
-
-//
-// Status Screen Logo bitmap
-//
-#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 0
-#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 38
-
-static unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000111,B11111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B11111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B01111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,
- B11111111,B10000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001100,
- B11111111,B10000000,B11110000,B11100000,B00001100,
- B11111111,B00000000,B11110000,B11111000,B00001100,
- B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B11111100,B00000100,
- B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B11010010,B00000100,
- B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B10101110,B00000100,
- B11111100,B00000000,B11110000,B10101111,B00000100,
- B11111100,B00000000,B00110000,B10000011,B00000100,
- B11111000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111111,B00000100,
- B11111000,B00000000,B00010000,B11111111,B00000100,
- B11111111,B11100000,B00010000,B10111111,B00000100,
- B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101111,B00000100,
- B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101110,B00000100,
- B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10000010,B00000100,
- B10000011,B11110000,B00010000,B11111100,B00000100,
- B10000001,B11110000,B00010000,B11111000,B00001100,
- B10000001,B11100000,B00010000,B11100000,B00001100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00001100,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100,
- B11000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100,
- B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B01111100,
- B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B11111100,
- B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11111100
-};
-
-//
-// Use default bitmaps
-//
-#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
-#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
-#define STATUS_LOGO_X 0
-#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 50
-#define STATUS_BED_X 74
diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 46c07524e..000000000
--- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2226 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, CL-260)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CL-260"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 800
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 160.6 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 260
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b8d6856a6..000000000
--- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-This is an example configuration for the CL-260 Ultimaker 2 clone.
-Change Z_MAX_POS to 300 for the CL-260MAX.
-
-(The printer is available on AliExpress; be aware that this is not a beginner's
-printer -- it needs tweaking and some parts replaced before being decent.)
-
-The printer comes with a quite old Marlin, the sources are available here:
-http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1635830/ and I recommend replacing them.
-
-The setting "works" for my printer and the extruder using my calibration value.
-You might want to tweak some settings, e.g enable EEPROM, increase default Z speed, adjust homing speeds,...
-
-Have fun!
---
-tobi
diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 41215592b..000000000
--- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2237 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 2
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 2.85
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 20
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 20
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 130
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker2+
-
-#define DEFAULT_Kp 9.74
-#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.69
-#define DEFAULT_Kd 34.32
-
- /*
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 10.03
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 70.0
- */
-
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 200, 355 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 40, 45}
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR 1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 300
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (40*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 CYRILLIC
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bf6ae9b2..000000000
--- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2933 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- #define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH 705 // (mm)
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH + 50) // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH - 50) // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 21c99dac5..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fa99f437b..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f4f28ba97..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2 Plus)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2+"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 270
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fa99f437b..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ed50931da..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2343 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Ralf_E, ANET A6 config)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 115200
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A6"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// The Anet A6 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 130
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
- // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 Standard Extruder defaults:
- // PID-P: +022.20, PID-I: +001.08, PID-D: +114.00, PID-C: 1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114.0
-
- // Tuned by ralf-e. Always re-tune for your machine!
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.83
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.02
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.29
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // ANET A6
- // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5):
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-
-// ANET A6 Firmwae V2.0 defaults: (steps/mm)
-// Xsteps/mm: +100.0, Ysteps/mm: +100.0, Zsteps/mm: +0400.0, eSteps/mm: +0095.0
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 }
-//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Vmax):
-// Vmax x: 400, Vmax y: 400, Vmax z: 4, Vmax e: 25
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 25 }
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 20, 50 }
-
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Amax):
-// Amx x: 9000, Amax Y: 5000, Amax z: 50, Amax e: 10000
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 5000, 50, 10000 }
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 200, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults:
-// Accel: 1000 A-retract: 1000
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults:
- // XY: 10, Z: +000.30, E: 5
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// ANET A8: FRONT-MOUNTED SENSOR WITH 3D PRINTED MOUNT
-//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -28, -45, 0 }
-
-// THESE ARE FOR THE OFFICIAL ANET REAR-MOUNTED SENSOR
-//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -1, 3, 0 }
-
-// ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch mounted right to the nozzle
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 39, 0, 0 }
-
-//ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch betwen Fan and Belt
-// (mount: https://github.com/ralf-e/ANET_A6_modifications/tree/master/A6_X-Axis)
-//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -30, 15, 0.75 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#if 1 // 0 for less clearance
- #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
- #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
- //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-#else
- #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
- #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points
- //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done
-#endif
-
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-//#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-//ANET A6:
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-//#define X_BED_SIZE 200
-//#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-//#define X_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-//#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-//#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-//#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults:
-//#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-//#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-//#define X_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MAX_POS 250
-
-// ANET A6, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge :
-#define X_BED_SIZE 222
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 222
-#define X_MIN_POS -3
-#define Y_MIN_POS -5
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MAX_POS 230
-
-// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis:
-//#define X_BED_SIZE 235
-//#define Y_BED_SIZE 230
-//#define X_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MAX_POS 230
-
-// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge :
-//#define X_BED_SIZE 227
-//#define Y_BED_SIZE 224
-//#define X_MIN_POS -8
-//#define Y_MIN_POS -6
-//#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MAX_POS 230
-
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis:
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS - 8
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS - 6
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-
- //Anet A6 with new X-Axis
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 113 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 112 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-
- //Anet A6 with new X-Axis and defined X_HOME_POS -7, Y_HOME_POS -6
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 107 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 107 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 40
-#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 200
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(150)
-#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(150)
-#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(150)
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6671e83c6..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-//#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 4547f3fd4..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Custom Status Screen bitmap
- *
- * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
- * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
- *
- * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
- * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-
-//
-// Status Screen Logo bitmap
-//
-#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 10
-#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40
-
-const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B01110000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000011,B10001110,
- B10001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010000,
- B10001010,B11000111,B00111110,B00000100,B01010000,
- B11111011,B00101000,B10001000,B00000111,B11001110,
- B10001010,B00101111,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001,
- B10001010,B00101000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001,
- B10001010,B00100111,B00000110,B00000100,B01001110
-};
-
-//
-// Use default bitmaps
-//
-#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
-#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
-#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48
-#define STATUS_BED_X 74
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bdf20253d..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2254 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Bob Kuhn, Anet config)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 115200
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 130
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
- // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan
- //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8)
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // ANET A8
- // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5):
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on.
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 100 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 8, 50 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS -33
-#define Y_MIN_POS -10
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 240
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- #define PROBE_PT_1_X 20
- #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 160
- #define PROBE_PT_2_X 20
- #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10
- #define PROBE_PT_3_X 180
- #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 10
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-//#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c42714b6b..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-//#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- #endif
-
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
-
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
-
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
- #endif
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h
deleted file mode 100755
index ddd62ea53..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Custom Status Screen bitmap
- *
- * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
- * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
- *
- * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
- * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-
-//
-// Status Screen Logo bitmap
-//
-#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 10
-#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40
-
-const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B01110000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000011,B10001110,
- B10001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001,
- B10001010,B11000111,B00111110,B00000100,B01010001,
- B11111011,B00101000,B10001000,B00000111,B11001110,
- B10001010,B00101111,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001,
- B10001010,B00101000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001,
- B10001010,B00100111,B00000110,B00000100,B01001110
-};
-
-//
-// Use default bitmaps
-//
-#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
-#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
-#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48
-#define STATUS_BED_X 74
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dc3ccfc9b..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2237 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Martin Zeman - Zemistr, Anet A8 Plus)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 115200
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8 plus"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 130
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
- // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan
- //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8)
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 49.19
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 6.33
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 95.60
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // ANET A8
- // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5):
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.20
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 114.00
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on.
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 50, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 300
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 300
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS -26
-#define Y_MIN_POS -6
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS 300
-#define Y_MAX_POS 297
-#define Z_MAX_POS 370
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PET-G"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ffcf1860..000000000
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2931 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-//#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
- //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z